blob: cca0f22f14a1efc8c7c8ee099a266b886f48e611 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewycky173a37a2012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor42af25f2009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregordaa439a2009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000026#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
27#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth55fc8732012-12-04 09:13:33 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattnerb5f65472011-07-18 01:54:02 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +000041#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky893a6ea2012-04-03 20:26:45 +000042#include <algorithm>
43#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +000044#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +000046#include <map>
Nick Lewycky893a6ea2012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <set>
48#include <utility>
49#include <vector>
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000050
51using namespace clang;
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000052using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +000053
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000054namespace {
55 class UnqualUsingEntry {
56 const DeclContext *Nominated;
57 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000058
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059 public:
60 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
62 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
63 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000064
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000065 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
66 return CommonAncestor;
67 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
70 return Nominated;
71 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
74 struct Comparator {
75 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
76 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
77 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000078
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000079 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
80 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
81 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
84 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
85 }
86 };
87 };
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000088
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000089 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
90 /// lookup.
91 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +000092 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 ListTy list;
95 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000096
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000097 public:
98 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +000099
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000100 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000101 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
103 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
104 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000105 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000107
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000108 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky65daef12012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000109 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
110 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
111 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000112 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky65daef12012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
114 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
115 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000116 Scope::udir_iterator I = S->using_directives_begin(),
117 End = S->using_directives_end();
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000118 for (; I != End; ++I)
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000119 visit(*I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000121 }
122 }
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123
124 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
125 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
126 // declared in the context.
127 //
128 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
129 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
130 // the effective DCs right.
131 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
132 if (!visited.insert(DC))
133 return;
134
135 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
136 }
137
138 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
139 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
140 // were declared in the effective DC.
141 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
142 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
143 if (!visited.insert(NS))
144 return;
145
146 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
147 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
148 }
149
150 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
151 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
152 // the given effective context.
153 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000154 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000155 while (true) {
156 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, End;
157 for (llvm::tie(I, End) = DC->getUsingDirectives(); I != End; ++I) {
158 UsingDirectiveDecl *UD = *I;
159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
160 if (visited.insert(NS)) {
161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall12ea5782009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
200 std::pair<const_iterator,const_iterator>
201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
John McCall12ea5782009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000202 return std::equal_range(begin(), end(), DC->getPrimaryContext(),
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000203 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
204 }
205 };
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000208// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
209// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000210static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
211 bool CPlusPlus,
212 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000213 unsigned IDNS = 0;
214 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian98a54032011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000215 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000216 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000217 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith4e9686b2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000218 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000219 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000221 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000222 if (Redeclaration)
223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000224 }
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000225 if (Redeclaration)
226 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000227 break;
228
John McCall76d32642010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000229 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
230 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
231 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
232 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
233 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
234 break;
235
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000236 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000237 if (CPlusPlus) {
238 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
239
240 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
241 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
242 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
243 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
244 // "overload" with tag decls.
245 if (Redeclaration)
246 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
247 } else {
248 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
249 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000250 break;
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000251 case Sema::LookupLabel:
252 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
253 break;
254
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000255 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
256 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
257 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000259 break;
260
261 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000262 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
263 break;
264
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000265 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000266 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 break;
Douglas Gregor6e378de2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000268
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000269 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
270 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag
271 | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Using;
272 break;
273
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000274 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
275 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
276 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000277
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000278 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000280 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
281 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
282 break;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000283 }
284 return IDNS;
285}
286
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000287void LookupResult::configure() {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000288 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000289 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorb5b2ccb2010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000290
Douglas Gregorb5b2ccb2010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000291 if (!isForRedeclaration()) {
Douglas Gregor96df3562013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000292 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
293 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
294 // operators can be found.
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +0000295 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
Douglas Gregorb5b2ccb2010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000296 case OO_New:
297 case OO_Delete:
298 case OO_Array_New:
299 case OO_Array_Delete:
300 SemaRef.DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
301 break;
302
303 default:
304 break;
305 }
Douglas Gregor96df3562013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000306
307 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
308 // up being declared.
309 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
310 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
311 if (!SemaRef.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
312 AllowHidden = true;
313 }
314 }
Douglas Gregorb5b2ccb2010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000315 }
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000316}
317
Daniel Dunbarc2bd73b2012-03-08 01:43:06 +0000318void LookupResult::sanityImpl() const {
319 // Note that this function is never called by NDEBUG builds. See
320 // LookupResult::sanity().
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000321 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
322 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
324 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
325 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
326 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
327 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000328 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000330 assert((Paths != NULL) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
331 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
332 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
333}
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000334
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000335// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000336void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000337 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000338}
339
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000340/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000341void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000342 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000343
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000344 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000345 if (N == 0) {
John McCalldc5c7862010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000346 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall68263142009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000347 return;
348 }
349
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000350 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
351 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000352 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor2b147f02010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000353 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
354 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000355 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor2b147f02010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000356 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000357 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
358 return;
359 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000360
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000361 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000362 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000363
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000364 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000365 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000366
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000367 bool Ambiguous = false;
368 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000369 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000370
371 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000372
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000373 unsigned I = 0;
374 while (I < N) {
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000375 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
376 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000377
Argyrios Kyrtzidis745af1c2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000378 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
379 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
380 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
381 continue;
382 }
383
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000384 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
385 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
386 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
387 // canonical type.
388 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
389 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
390 QualType T = SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
391 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T))) {
392 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
393 // at this index.
394 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
395 continue;
396 }
397 }
398 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000399
John McCall314be4e2009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000400 if (!Unique.insert(D)) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000401 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
402 // continue at this index).
403 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000404 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000405 }
406
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000407 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000408
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000409 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
410 HasUnresolved = true;
411 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
412 if (HasTag)
413 Ambiguous = true;
414 UniqueTagIndex = I;
415 HasTag = true;
416 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
417 HasFunction = true;
418 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
419 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
420 HasFunction = true;
421 } else {
422 if (HasNonFunction)
423 Ambiguous = true;
424 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000425 }
Douglas Gregor7f1c5472010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000426 I++;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427 }
Douglas Gregor516ff432009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000428
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000429 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
430 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
431 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
432 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
433 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
434 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
435 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
436 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
437 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCallfda8e122009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000438 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregor77a1a882010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000439 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
440 if (Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
441 Decls[UniqueTagIndex? 0 : N-1]->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
442 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
443 else
444 Ambiguous = true;
445 }
Anders Carlsson8b50d012009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000446
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000447 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000448
John McCallfda8e122009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000449 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000450 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregor69d993a2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000451
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000452 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000453 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000454 else if (HasUnresolved)
455 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000456 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000457 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000458 else
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000459 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000460}
461
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000462void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall6b2accb2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000463 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000464 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000465 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
466 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000467 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregor31a19b62009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000468}
469
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000470void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
472 Paths->swap(P);
473 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
474 resolveKind();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000475 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregord8635172009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000476}
477
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000478void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000479 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
480 Paths->swap(P);
481 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
482 resolveKind();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000483 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000484}
485
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000486void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000487 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
488 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
489 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000490
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000491 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
492 Out << "\n";
493 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
494 }
495}
496
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000497/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
498/// fail.
499static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
500 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
501
502 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
503 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
504 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
505 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
506 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
507 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
508 if (II) {
Nico Webercac18ad2013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000509 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
510 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
511 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
512 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
513 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
514 return true;
515 }
516
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000517 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
518 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
519 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
520 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000521 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000522 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
523 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000524
525 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
526 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregor6b9109e2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000527 R.isForRedeclaration(),
528 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000529 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregor6b9109e2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000530 return true;
531 }
532
533 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
534 // If we're redeclaring this function anyway, forget that
535 // this was a builtin at all.
536 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, S.Context.Idents);
537 }
538
539 return false;
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000540 }
541 }
542 }
543
544 return false;
545}
546
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000547/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
548/// the class at this point.
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000549static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000550 // We need to have a definition for the class.
551 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
552 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000553
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000554 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000555 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000556}
557
558void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000559 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000560 return;
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000561
562 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Sean Huntcdee3fe2011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000563 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000564 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000565
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000566 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000567 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000568 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000569
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000570 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000571 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000572 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
573
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000575 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
576 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
577 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
578
579 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
580 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
581 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
582 }
583
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000584 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000585 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000586 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000587}
588
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000589/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000590/// special member function.
591static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
592 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000593 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000594 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
595 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000596
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000597 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
598 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000599
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000600 default:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000601 break;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000602 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000603
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000604 return false;
605}
606
607/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
608/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000609static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000610 DeclarationName Name,
611 const DeclContext *DC) {
612 if (!DC)
613 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000614
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000615 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000616 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
617 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000618 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000619 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Sean Huntcdee3fe2011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000620 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000621 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000622 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000623 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000624 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000625 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
626 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000627 }
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000628 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000629
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000630 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
631 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000632 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000633 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000634 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000635 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000636
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000637 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
638 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
639 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000640
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000641 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000642 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000643 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000644 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000645 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000646 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000647 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
648 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
649 }
650 }
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000651 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000652
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000653 default:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000654 break;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000655 }
656}
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000657
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000658// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
659// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000660static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000661 bool Found = false;
662
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000663 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000664 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000665 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000666
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000667 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000668 DeclContext::lookup_const_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
669 for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
670 ++I) {
John McCall46460a62010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000671 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000672 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall46460a62010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000673 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000674 Found = true;
675 }
676 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000677
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000678 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
679 return true;
680
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000681 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000682 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
683 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
684 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
685 return Found;
686
687 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000688 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000689 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
690 // context of the use are considered. [...]
691 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000692 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000693 return Found;
694
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9d295432012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000695 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
696 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000697 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
698 if (!ConvTemplate)
699 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000700
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000701 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000702 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
703 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000704 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
705 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
706 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
707 Found = true;
708 continue;
709 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000710
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000711 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000712 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
713 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000714 // name lookup.
715 //
716 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
717 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000718 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000719 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
720 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Topper93e45992012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000721 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000722 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000723
724 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000725 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
726 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3f477a12010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000727
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000728 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
729 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
730 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000731 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckneref072032013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000732 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Sebastian Redl8b5b4092011-03-06 10:52:04 +0000733 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000734 EPI.NumExceptions = 0;
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000735 QualType ExpectedType
736 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko55431692013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000737 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000738
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000739 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
740 // expect the function to have.
741 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, 0, ExpectedType,
742 Specialization, Info)
743 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
744 R.addDecl(Specialization);
745 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000746 }
747 }
Chandler Carruthaaa1a892010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000748
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000749 return Found;
750}
751
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000752// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000753static bool
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000754CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000755 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000756
757 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
758
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000759 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000760 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000761
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000762 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
763 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
764 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
765 llvm::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000767 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000768 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UI->getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000769 Found = true;
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000770
771 R.resolveKind();
772
773 return Found;
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000774}
775
776static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000777 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000778 return Ctx->isFileContext();
779 return false;
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000780}
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000781
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000782// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
783// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
784// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
785// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
786// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
787// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
788// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
789static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000790 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000791 DeclContext *Lexical = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000792 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000793 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
794 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000795 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000796 break;
797 }
798 }
799
800 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
801 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
802 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
803 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
804 // a member of this namespace.
805 //
806 // Example:
807 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000808 // namespace N {
809 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000810 //
811 // template<class T> class B {
812 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000813 // };
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000814 // }
815 //
816 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
817 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
818 // }
819 //
820 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
821 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000822 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000823 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
824 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
825
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000826 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000827 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
828 // template<class C>.
829 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
830 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
831 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
832 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000833
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000834 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
835 // the example, this is namespace N.
836 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
837 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
838 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000839
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000840 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
841 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
842 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
843 // example, this is the global scope.
844 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
845 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
846 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
847
848 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregore942bbe2009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000849}
850
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000851namespace {
852/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
853/// declarations.
854struct FindLocalExternScope {
855 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
856 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
857 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
858 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
859 }
860 void restore() {
861 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
862 }
863 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
864 restore();
865 }
866 LookupResult &R;
867 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
868};
869}
870
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000871bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000872 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000873
874 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000875 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000876
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000877 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
878 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
879 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
880 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000881 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000882 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
883 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000884
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000885 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
886 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
887
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000888 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000889 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000890 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
891 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000892
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000893 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000894 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000895 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
896 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
897 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000898 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000900 //
901 // For example:
902 // namespace A { int i; }
903 // void foo() {
904 // int i;
905 // {
906 // using namespace A;
907 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
908 // }
909 // }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000910 //
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000911 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
912 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000913 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000914 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000915
916 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
917 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
918
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000919 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000920 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregord2235f62010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000921
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000922 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000923 bool Found = false;
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000924 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000925 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000926 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
927 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
928 // out-of-scope.
929 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
930 LeftStartingScope = true;
931
932 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith49ef4812013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000933 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
934 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
935 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
936 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000937 R.setShadowed();
938 continue;
939 }
940 }
941
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000942 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000943 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000944 }
945 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000946 if (Found) {
947 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregord2235f62010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000948 if (S->isClassScope())
949 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
950 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000951 return true;
952 }
953
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000954 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith4e9686b2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000955 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
956 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
957 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
958 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
959 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
960 return false;
961 }
962
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000963 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
964 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
965 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledrubed28ac2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000966 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000967 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
968 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
969 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
970 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
971 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
972 }
973
974 if (Ctx) {
975 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
976 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
977 llvm::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
978 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
979 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
980
Douglas Gregordbdf5e72010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000981 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000982 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
983 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
984 // non-transparent context.
985 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregore942bbe2009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000986 continue;
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000987
988 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
989 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
990 // function/method are present within the Scope.
991 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
992 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
993 // in the corresponding interface.
994 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
995 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
996 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
997 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
998 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000999 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001000 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001001 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1002 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor36262b82010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001003 R.resolveKind();
1004 return true;
1005 }
1006 }
1007 }
1008 }
1009
1010 continue;
1011 }
1012
Douglas Gregor6bed88e2013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001013 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1014 // lookup considering using directives.
1015 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001016 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1017 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1018 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor34366202013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001019 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1020 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1021 continue;
1022
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001023 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor34366202013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001024 }
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001025
1026 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1027 // from local scopes.
1028 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1029 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1030 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1031 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1032 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1033
1034 UDirs.done();
1035
1036 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1037 }
Douglas Gregor6bed88e2013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001038
1039 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1040 R.resolveKind();
1041 return true;
1042 }
1043
1044 continue;
1045 }
1046
Douglas Gregore942bbe2009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001047 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1048 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1049 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1050 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1051 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1052 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001053 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001054 return true;
Douglas Gregor551f48c2009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001055 }
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001056 }
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001057 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001058
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001059 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1060 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1061 if (!S) return false;
1062
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78f59112010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001063 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001064 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78f59112010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001065 return false;
1066
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001067 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001068 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCalld7be78a2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001069 //
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001070 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1071 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregor44b2ea92013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001072 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1073 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1074 UDirs.done();
1075 }
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001076
1077 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1078 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1079 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1080 FindLocals.restore();
1081
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001082 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001083 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1084 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1085 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1086 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001087 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001088 bool Found = false;
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001089 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001090 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001091 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1092 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1093 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1094 // need to.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001095 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001096 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001097 }
1098 }
1099
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001100 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001101 R.resolveKind();
1102 return true;
1103 }
1104
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001105 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001106 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1107 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1108 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledrubed28ac2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001109 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001110 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1111 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1112 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1113 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
1114 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
1115 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001116
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001117 if (Ctx) {
1118 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1119 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
1120 llvm::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
1121 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1122 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1123
1124 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1125 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1126 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1127 // non-transparent context.
1128 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1129 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001130
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001131 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1132 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1133 // look into that context.
1134 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1135 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1136 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001137
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001138 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1139 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1140 Found = true;
1141 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001142
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001143 if (Found) {
1144 R.resolveKind();
1145 return true;
1146 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001147
Douglas Gregor00b4b032010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001148 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1149 return false;
1150 }
1151 }
1152
Douglas Gregor1df0ee92010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001153 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001154 return false;
Douglas Gregor7dda67d2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001155 }
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001156
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001157 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001158}
1159
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001160/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1161/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1162static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1163 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1164}
1165
1166/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
1167static Module *getDefiningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1168 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1169 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1170 // the module containing the pattern.
1171 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1172 Entity = Pattern;
1173 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
1174 // If it's a class template specialization, find the template or partial
1175 // specialization from which it was instantiated.
1176 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecRD =
1177 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
1178 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*,
1179 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> From =
1180 SpecRD->getInstantiatedFrom();
1181 if (ClassTemplateDecl *FromTemplate = From.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>())
1182 Entity = FromTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1183 else if (From)
1184 Entity = From.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*>();
1185 // Otherwise, it's an explicit specialization.
1186 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo =
1187 RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1188 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(RD, MSInfo);
1189 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1190 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1191 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1192 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1193 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1194 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1195 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1196 }
1197
1198 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1199 // from a template.
1200 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1201 if (Context->isFileContext())
1202 return Entity->getOwningModule();
1203 return getDefiningModule(cast<Decl>(Context));
1204}
1205
1206llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1207 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1208 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1209 I != N; ++I) {
1210 Module *M = getDefiningModule(ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
1211 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
1212 M = 0;
1213 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1214 }
1215 return LookupModulesCache;
1216}
1217
1218/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1219///
1220/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1221/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1222/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1223/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1224/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1225/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1226bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1227 assert(D->isHidden() && !SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1228 "should not call this: not in slow case");
1229 Module *DeclModule = D->getOwningModule();
1230 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1231
1232 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1233 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1234 if (LookupModules.empty())
1235 return false;
1236
1237 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1238 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1239 return true;
1240
1241 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1242 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1243 return false;
1244
1245 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1246 // the lookup set.
1247 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1248 E = LookupModules.end();
1249 I != E; ++I)
1250 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1251 return true;
1252 return false;
1253}
1254
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001255/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1256///
1257/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1258/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1259/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001260///
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001261/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1262/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001263static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1264 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001265
Douglas Gregor0782ef22012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001266 for (Decl::redecl_iterator RD = D->redecls_begin(), RDEnd = D->redecls_end();
1267 RD != RDEnd; ++RD) {
David Blaikie581deb32012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001268 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*RD)) {
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001269 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor0782ef22012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001270 return ND;
1271 }
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001272 }
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001273
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001274 return 0;
1275}
1276
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001277NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
1278 return findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, D);
1279}
1280
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001281/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1282/// scope.
1283///
1284/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1285/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1286/// @code
1287/// int x;
1288/// int f() {
1289/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1290/// }
1291/// @endcode
1292///
1293/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1294/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1295/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1296/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1297/// class LookupCriteria.
1298///
1299/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1300/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1301/// in the parent scopes.
1302///
James Dennett8da16872012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001303/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1304/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1305/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1306/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001307///
James Dennett8da16872012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001308/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001309bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1310 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001311 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001312
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001313 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1314
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001316 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1317 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCall1d7c5282009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001318 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001319 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1320 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001321 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001322 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001323 }
1324
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001325 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1326 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1327
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001328 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1329 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1330 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1331 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001332 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1333
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001334 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001336 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001337 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001338 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1339 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1340 // out-of-scope.
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001341 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001342 LeftStartingScope = true;
1343
1344 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1345 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001346 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1347 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001348 continue;
Richard Smithdd9459f2013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001349 }
Douglas Gregord6f7e9d2009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001350 }
Fariborz Jahanian98a54032011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001351 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1352 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1353 continue;
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001354
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001355 R.addDecl(D);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001356
Douglas Gregor7a537402012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001357 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1358 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001359 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor117c4562012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001360 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1361 // actually exists in a Scope).
1362 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1363 S = S->getParent();
1364
1365 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1366 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1367 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1368 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
1369 S = 0;
1370
1371 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
1372 DeclContext *DC = 0;
1373 if (!S)
1374 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1375
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001376 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1377 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor117c4562012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001378 if (S) {
1379 // Match based on scope.
1380 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1381 break;
1382 } else {
1383 // Match based on DeclContext.
1384 DeclContext *LastDC
1385 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1386 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1387 break;
1388 }
Richard Smithb7751002013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001389
1390 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1391 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1392 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001393 }
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001394
Douglas Gregorda795b42012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001395 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001396 }
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001397
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001398 return true;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001399 }
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001400 } else {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001401 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001402 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001403 return true;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001404 }
1405
1406 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1407 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1408 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann42151d52011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001409 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1410 return true;
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001411
Axel Naumannf8291a12011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001412 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1413 // may be able to handle the situation.
1414 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1415 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1416 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001417}
1418
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001419/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1420/// using directives by the given context.
1421///
1422/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett7ba75922012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001423/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001424/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1425/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1426/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1427/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1428/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1429/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1430/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1431/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1432/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1433/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1434/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1435/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett7ba75922012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001436///
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001437/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1438/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1439/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1440/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1441/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1442/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1443/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1444/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1445/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001446static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001447 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001448 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1449
1450 DeclContext::udir_iterator I = StartDC->using_directives_begin();
1451 DeclContext::udir_iterator E = StartDC->using_directives_end();
1452
1453 if (I == E) return false;
1454
1455 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer8c43dcc2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001456 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001457 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1458
1459 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1460 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001461 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001462
1463 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1464 // with its using-children.
1465 for (; I != E; ++I) {
John McCalld9f01d42009-11-10 09:25:37 +00001466 NamespaceDecl *ND = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer8c43dcc2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001467 if (Visited.insert(ND))
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001468 Queue.push_back(ND);
1469 }
1470
1471 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1472 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1473 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1474 // a tag.
1475 bool FoundTag = false;
1476 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1477
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001478 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001479
1480 bool Found = false;
1481 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001482 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001483
1484 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1485 // between LookupResults.
1486 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001487 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001488 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001489
1490 if (FoundDirect) {
1491 // First do any local hiding.
1492 DirectR.resolveKind();
1493
1494 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1495 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1496 FoundTag = true;
1497 else
1498 FoundNonTag = true;
1499
1500 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1501 if (UseLocal) {
1502 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1503 LocalR.clear();
1504 }
1505 }
1506
1507 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1508 if (FoundDirect) {
1509 Found = true;
1510 continue;
1511 }
1512
1513 for (llvm::tie(I,E) = ND->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
1514 NamespaceDecl *Nom = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer8c43dcc2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001515 if (Visited.insert(Nom))
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001516 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1517 }
1518 }
1519
1520 if (Found) {
1521 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1522 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1523 else
1524 R.resolveKind();
1525 }
1526
1527 return Found;
1528}
1529
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001530/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001531static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001532 CXXBasePath &Path,
1533 void *Name) {
1534 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001535
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001536 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1537 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001538 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001539}
1540
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001541/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001542/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1543template<typename InputIterator>
1544static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1545 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1546 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1547 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001548
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001549 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1550 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1551 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1552 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1553 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001554
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001555 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1556 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1557 break;
1558 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001559
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001560 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1561 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1562 break;
1563 }
1564 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001565
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001566 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1567 return true;
1568 }
1569
1570 return false;
1571}
1572
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001573/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001574///
1575/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1576/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001577/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001578///
1579/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1580/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1581/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1582/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1583/// class LookupCriteria.
1584///
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001585/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1586///
1587/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001588/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1589/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1590///
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001591/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001592/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001593///
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001594/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1595bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1596 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001597 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001598
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001599 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001600 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001601
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001602 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1603 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1604 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCall5e1cdac2011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001605 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith1af83c42012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001606 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001607 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001608
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001609 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001610 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001611 R.resolveKind();
John McCall92f88312010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001612 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1613 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001614 return true;
1615 }
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001616
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001617 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1618 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1619 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1620 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1621 // for the namespace member has the form
1622 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1623 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1624 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1625 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001626 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001627 return false;
1628
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001629 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001630 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor85910982010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001631 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001632
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001633 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregor4719f4e2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001634 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001635 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor025291b2010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001636 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001637 return false;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001638
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001639 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1640 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001641 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregor7d3f5762010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001642 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1643 // or we have to fail.
1644 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1645 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1646 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1647 return false;
1648 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001649
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001650 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001651 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1652 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001653
1654 // Look for this member in our base classes
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001655 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = 0;
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001656 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian98a54032011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001657 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001658 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1659 case LookupMemberName:
1660 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith4e9686b2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001661 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001662 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1663 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001664
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001665 case LookupTagName:
1666 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1667 break;
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001668
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001669 case LookupAnyName:
1670 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1671 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001672
John McCall9f54ad42009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001673 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1674 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001675
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001676 case LookupOperatorName:
1677 case LookupNamespaceName:
1678 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001679 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001680 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001681 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001682
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001683 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1684 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1685 break;
1686 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001687
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001688 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1689 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001690 return false;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001691
John McCall92f88312010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001692 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1693
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001694 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1695 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1696 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1697 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1698 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1699 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001700 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbarf1853192009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001701 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCall7aceaf82010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001702 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001703
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001704 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001705 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001706 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001707
John McCall46460a62010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001708 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1709 // across all paths.
1710 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001711
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001712 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1713 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001714 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001715 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1716 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001717 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001718 }
1719
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001720 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001721 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1722 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001723 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
1724 // this lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001725 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001726 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001727 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1728 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001729
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001730 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1731 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001732 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1733 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1734 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001735
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001736 ++FirstD;
1737 ++CurrentD;
1738 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001739
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001740 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1741 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001742 continue;
1743 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001744
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001745 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1746 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001747 }
1748
Douglas Gregorf17b58c2010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001749 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001750 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1751
1752 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1753 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1754 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001755 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001756 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001757 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001758
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001759 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1760 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001761 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1762 return true;
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001763 }
1764 }
1765
1766 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1767
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001768 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = Paths.front().Decls;
1769 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall92f88312010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001770 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1771 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1772 D->getAccess());
1773 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1774 }
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001775 R.resolveKind();
1776 return true;
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001777}
1778
1779/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1780/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1781///
1782/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1783/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1784/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1785/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
1786/// respectively) on the given name and return those results.
1787///
1788/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1789/// begin.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001790///
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001791/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001792///
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001793/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1794/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1795///
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001796/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskin9ab14542010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001797bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001798 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001799 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1800 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregor42af25f2009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001801 // anything.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001802 return false;
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001803 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001805 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1806 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001807 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001808 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall77bb1aa2010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001809 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001810 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001812 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001813 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001814 }
Douglas Gregor42af25f2009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001815
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001816 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001817 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregor495c35d2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001818 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor3eafbb82011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001819 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1820 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001821 return false;
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001822 }
1823
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001824 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001825 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregoreb11cd02009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001826}
1827
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001828
James Dennett16ae9de2012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001829/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001830/// from name lookup.
1831///
James Dennett16ae9de2012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001832/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001833void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001834 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1835
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001836 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1837 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1838 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1839
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001840 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1841 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1842 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1843 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1844 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1845 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1846 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001847
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001848 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001849 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1850 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
1851 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001852
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001853 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001854 break;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001855 }
Douglas Gregor4dc6b1c2009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001856
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001857 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001858 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
1859 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001860
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001861 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001862 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001863 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
1864 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001865 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001866 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor2a3009a2009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001867 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
1868 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
1869 }
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001870 break;
Douglas Gregor4dc6b1c2009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001871 }
1872
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001873 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
1874 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregor69d993a2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00001875
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001876 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
1877
1878 LookupResult::iterator DI, DE = Result.end();
1879 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1880 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(*DI)) {
1881 TagDecls.insert(TD);
1882 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
1883 }
1884
1885 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1886 if (!isa<TagDecl>(*DI))
1887 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
1888
1889 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001890 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
1891 while (F.hasNext()) {
1892 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
1893 F.erase();
1894 }
1895 F.done();
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001896 break;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001897 }
1898
1899 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
1900 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001901
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001902 LookupResult::iterator DI = Result.begin(), DE = Result.end();
1903 for (; DI != DE; ++DI)
1904 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << *DI;
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001905 break;
John McCall6e247262009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001906 }
Serge Pavlov8ed2f3a2013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001907 }
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001908}
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001909
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001910namespace {
1911 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001912 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001913 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1914 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001915 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
1916 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001917 }
1918
1919 Sema &S;
1920 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
1921 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001922 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001923 };
1924}
1925
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001926static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001927addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001928
Douglas Gregor54022952010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001929static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1930 DeclContext *Ctx) {
1931 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
1932
1933 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
1934 // be a locally scoped record.
1935
Sebastian Redl410c4f22010-08-31 20:53:31 +00001936 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
1937 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
1938 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
1939 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
1940 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor54022952010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001941 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
1942
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001943 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor54022952010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001944 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001945}
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001946
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001947// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001948// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001949static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001950addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1951 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001952 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001953 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001954 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
1955 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1956 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001957
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001958 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1959 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
1960 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
1961 // template template parameters)
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001962 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001963 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001965 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001966 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
1968 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001969 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregora7fc9012011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001970 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001971 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001972 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001973 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
1974 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001975 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001976 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001977 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001978 }
1979 break;
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001980 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001981
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001982 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001983 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1984 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmand7a6b162012-09-26 02:36:12 +00001985 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001987 // associated namespaces. ]
1988 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001989
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001990 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
1991 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = Arg.pack_begin(),
1992 PEnd = Arg.pack_end();
1993 P != PEnd; ++P)
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001994 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, *P);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001995 break;
1996 }
1997}
1998
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001999// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002000// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2001// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2002static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002003addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2004 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2005
2006 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2007 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2008 return;
2009
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002010 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2011 // [...]
2012 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2013 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2014 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2015 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002016 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002017
2018 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2019 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2020 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002021 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002022 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002023 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002024
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002025 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2026 // need to visit base classes.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002027 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002028 return;
2029
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2031 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002032 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002034 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002035 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2036 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2037 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002038 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002039 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002040 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2041 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2042 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002043 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002044 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002045 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002046
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002047 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2048 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002049 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor69be8d62009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002050 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002051
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002052 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
2053 if (!Class->hasDefinition()) {
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002054 QualType type = Result.S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Class);
2055 if (Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, type,
2056 /*no diagnostic*/ 0))
2057 return;
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002058 }
2059
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002060 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2061 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002062 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002063 Bases.push_back(Class);
2064 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2065 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002066 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002067
2068 // Visit the base classes.
2069 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = Class->bases_begin(),
2070 BaseEnd = Class->bases_end();
2071 Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002072 const RecordType *BaseType = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlbbc1cc52009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002073 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2074 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2075 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2076 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2077 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2078 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2079 if (!BaseType)
2080 continue;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002081 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002082 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002083 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2084 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002085 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002086
2087 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2088 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2089 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2090 }
2091 }
2092 }
2093}
2094
2095// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2096// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002097// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2098static void
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002099addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002100 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2101 //
2102 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2103 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2104 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2105 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2106 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2107 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2108 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2109 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002110
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002111 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002112 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2113
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002114 while (true) {
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002115 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2116
2117#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2118#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2119#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2120#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2121#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2122#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2123 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2124 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2125 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2126 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2127 // wrong.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002128 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002129
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002130 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2131 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2132 case Type::Pointer:
2133 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2134 continue;
2135 case Type::ConstantArray:
2136 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2137 case Type::VariableArray:
2138 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2139 continue;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002140
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002141 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2142 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2143 case Type::Builtin:
2144 break;
2145
2146 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2147 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2148 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2149 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2150 // which its associated classes are defined.
2151 case Type::Record: {
2152 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2153 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002154 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002155 break;
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002156 }
Douglas Gregor4e58c252010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002157
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002158 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2159 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002160 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002161 // it has no associated class.
2162 case Type::Enum: {
2163 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002164
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002165 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2166 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002167 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002168
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002169 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002170 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002171
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002172 break;
2173 }
2174
2175 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2176 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2177 // types and those associated with the return type.
2178 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2179 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
2180 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator Arg = Proto->arg_type_begin(),
2181 ArgEnd = Proto->arg_type_end();
2182 Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg)
2183 Queue.push_back(Arg->getTypePtr());
2184 // fallthrough
2185 }
2186 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2187 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
2188 T = FnType->getResultType().getTypePtr();
2189 continue;
2190 }
2191
2192 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2193 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2194 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2195 // together with those associated with X.
2196 //
2197 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2198 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2199 // with the member type together with those associated with
2200 // X.
2201 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2202 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2203
2204 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2205 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2206
2207 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2208 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2209 continue;
2210 }
2211
2212 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2213 case Type::BlockPointer:
2214 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2215 continue;
2216
2217 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2218 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2219 case Type::LValueReference:
2220 case Type::RValueReference:
2221 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2222 continue;
2223
2224 // These are fundamental types.
2225 case Type::Vector:
2226 case Type::ExtVector:
2227 case Type::Complex:
2228 break;
2229
Richard Smithdc7a4f52013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002230 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2231 case Type::Auto:
2232 break;
2233
Douglas Gregorf25760e2011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002234 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2235 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2236 // namespace.
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002237 case Type::ObjCObject:
2238 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2239 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregorf25760e2011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002240 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002241 break;
Eli Friedmanb001de72011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002242
2243 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2244 // contained type.
2245 case Type::Atomic:
2246 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2247 continue;
John McCallfa4edcf2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002248 }
2249
Robert Wilhelm344472e2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002250 if (Queue.empty())
2251 break;
2252 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002253 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002254}
2255
2256/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2257/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2258/// arguments.
2259///
2260/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002261/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002262/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm834c0582013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002263void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2264 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2265 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2266 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002267 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2268 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2269
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002270 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2271 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002272
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002273 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2274 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2275 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2276 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2277 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2278 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279 // argument).
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002280 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002281 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2282
2283 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002284 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002285 continue;
2286 }
2287
2288 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2289 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2290 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2291 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2292 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2293 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2294 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregordaa439a2009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002295 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002296 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002297 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002298 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002299
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002300 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2301 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002302
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002303 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end();
2304 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002305 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
2306 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002307
Chandler Carruthbd647292009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002308 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn);
2309 if (!FDecl)
2310 FDecl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)->getTemplatedDecl();
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002311
2312 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2313 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallc7e04da2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002314 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002315 }
2316 }
2317}
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002318
2319/// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is
2320/// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose
2321/// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine
2322/// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning
2323/// enumeration types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002324static bool
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002325IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn,
2326 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2327 ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002328 if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType()))
2329 return true;
2330
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002331 if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType()))
2332 return true;
2333
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002334 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002335 if (Proto->getNumArgs() < 1)
2336 return false;
2337
2338 if (T1->isEnumeralType()) {
2339 QualType ArgType = Proto->getArgType(0).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002340 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType))
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002341 return true;
2342 }
2343
2344 if (Proto->getNumArgs() < 2)
2345 return false;
2346
2347 if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) {
2348 QualType ArgType = Proto->getArgType(1).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002349 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType))
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002350 return true;
2351 }
2352
2353 return false;
2354}
2355
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002356NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorc83c6872010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002357 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002358 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2359 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorc83c6872010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002360 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002361 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002362 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002363}
2364
Douglas Gregor6e378de2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002365/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002366ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor27c6da22012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002367 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2368 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorc83c6872010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002369 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor27c6da22012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002370 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregor6e378de2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002371 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2372}
2373
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002374void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002375 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002376 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002377 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2378 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2379 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2380 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2381 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
2382 // functions are ignored. However, if no operand has a class
2383 // type, only those non-member functions in the lookup set
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002384 // that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to
2385 // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002386 // type, or (if there is a right operand) a second parameter
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002387 // of type T2 or "reference to (possibly cv-qualified) T2",
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002388 // when T2 is an enumeration type, are candidate functions.
2389 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002390 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2391 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002393 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
2394
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002395 if (Operators.empty())
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002396 return;
2397
2398 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Operators.begin(), OpEnd = Operators.end();
2399 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002400 NamedDecl *Found = (*Op)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2401 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002402 if (IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FD, T1, T2, Context))
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002403 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess()); // FIXME: canonical FD
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002404 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002405 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002406 // FIXME: friend operators?
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407 // FIXME: do we need to check IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002408 // later?
2409 if (!FunTmpl->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
Douglas Gregor6bf356f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002410 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess());
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002411 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002412 }
2413}
2414
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002415Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002416 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2417 bool ConstArg,
2418 bool VolatileArg,
2419 bool RValueThis,
2420 bool ConstThis,
2421 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002422 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002423 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002424 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002425 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2426 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2427 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2428 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2429 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2430 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2431
2432 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002433 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002434 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2435 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2436 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2437 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2438 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2439 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2440
2441 void *InsertPoint;
2442 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2443 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2444
2445 // This was already cached
2446 if (Result)
2447 return Result;
2448
Sean Hunt30543582011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002449 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2450 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002451 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2452
2453 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002454 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002455 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2456 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002457 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2458 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002459 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2460 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002461 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002462 return Result;
2463 }
2464
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002465 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2466 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002467 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002468 DeclarationName Name;
2469 Expr *Arg = 0;
2470 unsigned NumArgs;
2471
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002472 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2473 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2474
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002475 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2476 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2477 NumArgs = 0;
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002478 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2479 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002480 } else {
2481 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2482 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002483 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002484 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002485 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002486 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002487 } else {
2488 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002489 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002490 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002492 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002493 }
2494
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002495 if (ConstArg)
2496 ArgType.addConst();
2497 if (VolatileArg)
2498 ArgType.addVolatile();
2499
2500 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2501 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2502 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2503 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2504 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2505 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2506 // case.
Sean Huntab183df2011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002507 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002508 VK = VK_LValue;
2509 else
2510 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002511 }
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002512
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002513 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2514
2515 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002516 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002517 Arg = &FakeArg;
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002518 }
2519
2520 // Create the object argument
2521 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2522 if (ConstThis)
2523 ThisTy.addConst();
2524 if (VolatileThis)
2525 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002526 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002527 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2528 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002529
2530 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2531 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2532 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
2533 OverloadCandidateSet OCS((SourceLocation()));
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002534 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002535 assert(!R.empty() &&
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002536 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
Chandler Carruthab4e0c02013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002537
2538 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2539 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2540 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2541
2542 for (SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *>::iterator I = Candidates.begin(),
Richard Smithb60fae52013-09-09 16:55:27 +00002543 E = Candidates.end();
Chandler Carruthab4e0c02013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002544 I != E; ++I) {
2545 NamedDecl *Cand = *I;
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002546
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002547 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002548 continue;
2549
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002550 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2551 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2552 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2553 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2554 // either.
2555 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2556
2557 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2558 continue;
2559 }
2560
2561 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002562 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002563 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002564 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2565 OCS, true);
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002566 else
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002567 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2568 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Sean Hunt431a1cb2011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002569 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002570 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002571 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2572 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002573 RD, 0, ThisTy, Classification,
2574 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Sean Hunt4cc12c62011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002575 OCS, true);
2576 else
2577 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002578 0, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2579 OCS, true);
Sean Huntc39b6bc2011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002580 } else {
2581 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002582 }
2583 }
2584
2585 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2586 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2587 case OR_Success:
2588 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002589 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002590 break;
2591
2592 case OR_Deleted:
2593 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002594 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002595 break;
2596
2597 case OR_Ambiguous:
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002598 Result->setMethod(0);
2599 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2600 break;
2601
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002602 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2603 Result->setMethod(0);
Richard Smith6c4c36c2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002604 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002605 break;
2606 }
2607
2608 return Result;
2609}
2610
2611/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2612CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Sean Huntc530d172011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002613 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002614 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2615 false, false);
2616
2617 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002618}
2619
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002620/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2621CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002622 unsigned Quals) {
Sean Huntc530d172011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002623 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2624 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2625 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2626 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2627 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2628
Sean Huntc530d172011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002629 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2630}
2631
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002632/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002633CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2634 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002635 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002636 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2637 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002638
2639 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2640}
2641
Douglas Gregore5eee5a2010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002642/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2643DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Sean Huntb320e0c2011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002644 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smithd0adeb62012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002645 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Sean Huntcdee3fe2011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002646 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002647 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smithe5411b72012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002648 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002649 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002650 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002651 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002652 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002653
Douglas Gregore5eee5a2010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002654 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2655 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2656 return Class->lookup(Name);
2657}
2658
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002659/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2660CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2661 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith704c8f72012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002662 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002663 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2664 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2665 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2666 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2667 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2668 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2669 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2670 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2671 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2672
Sean Hunt661c67a2011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002673 return Result->getMethod();
2674}
2675
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002676/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2677CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002678 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002679 bool RValueThis,
2680 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2681 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2682 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2683 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith6a06e5f2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002684 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2685 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl85ea7aa2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002686 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2687 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2688
2689 return Result->getMethod();
2690}
2691
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002692/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2693///
Sean Huntc5c9b532011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002694/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2695/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002696///
2697/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2698CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Sean Hunt308742c2011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002699 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2700 false, false, false,
2701 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002702}
2703
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002704/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2705/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2706///
2707/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2708/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2709/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2710Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2711Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2712 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002713 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2714 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002715 LookupName(R, S);
2716 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2717 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2718
2719 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2720 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2721
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002722 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002723 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2724 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002725 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2726
2727 while (F.hasNext()) {
2728 Decl *D = F.next();
2729 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2730 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2731
Douglas Gregor7e0c2272013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002732 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2733 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2734 F.erase();
2735 continue;
2736 }
2737
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002738 bool IsRaw = false;
2739 bool IsTemplate = false;
2740 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2741 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2742
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002743 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2744 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2745 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2746 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smitha121eb32013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002747 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002748 IsExactMatch = true;
2749 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2750 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2751 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2752 IsExactMatch = false;
2753 break;
2754 }
2755 }
2756 }
2757 }
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002758 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2759 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2760 if (Params->size() == 1)
2761 IsTemplate = true;
2762 else
2763 IsStringTemplate = true;
2764 }
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002765
2766 if (IsExactMatch) {
2767 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002768 AllowRaw = false;
2769 AllowTemplate = false;
2770 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2771 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002772 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2773 // already found.
2774 F.restart();
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002775 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002776 }
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002777 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2778 FoundRaw = true;
2779 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2780 FoundTemplate = true;
2781 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2782 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002783 } else {
2784 F.erase();
2785 }
2786 }
2787
2788 F.done();
2789
2790 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2791 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2792 // or literal operator template.
2793 if (FoundExactMatch)
2794 return LOLR_Cooked;
2795
2796 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2797 // operator template, but not both.
2798 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2799 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
2800 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2801 Decl *D = *I;
2802 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2803 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2804 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2805 D = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
2806 NoteOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionDecl>(D));
2807 }
2808 return LOLR_Error;
2809 }
2810
2811 if (FoundRaw)
2812 return LOLR_Raw;
2813
2814 if (FoundTemplate)
2815 return LOLR_Template;
2816
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002817 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2818 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2819
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002820 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2821 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2822 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb328e292013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002823 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2824 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smith36f5cfe2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002825 return LOLR_Error;
2826}
2827
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002828void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2829 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2830
2831 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2832 // was exactly this one, we're done.
2833 if (Old == 0 || Old == New) {
2834 Old = New;
2835 return;
2836 }
2837
2838 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
2839 FunctionDecl *OldFD, *NewFD;
2840 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(New)) {
2841 OldFD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Old)->getTemplatedDecl();
2842 NewFD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(New)->getTemplatedDecl();
2843 } else {
2844 OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Old);
2845 NewFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(New);
2846 }
2847
2848 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2849 while (true) {
Douglas Gregoref96ee02012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002850 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002851
2852 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2853 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2854 if (!Cursor) return;
2855
2856 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2857 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2858
2859 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2860 }
2861
2862 Old = New;
2863}
2864
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002865void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
Robert Wilhelm834c0582013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002866 SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
Richard Smithb1502bc2012-10-18 17:56:02 +00002867 ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002868 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2869 // arguments we have.
2870 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2871 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall42f48fb2012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002872 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002873 AssociatedNamespaces,
2874 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002875
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002876 QualType T1, T2;
2877 if (Operator) {
2878 T1 = Args[0]->getType();
Ahmed Charles13a140c2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002879 if (Args.size() >= 2)
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002880 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2881 }
2882
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002883 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002884 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2885 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2886 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2887 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2888 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2889 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2890 // is the union of X and Y.
2891 //
2892 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2893 // candidate set.
2894 for (AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator NS = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002895 NSEnd = AssociatedNamespaces.end();
2896 NS != NSEnd; ++NS) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002897 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2898 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2899 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2900 //
2901 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2902 // ignored.
2903 //
John McCall6ff07852009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002904 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002905 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2906 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2907 // lookup (11.4).
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002908 DeclContext::lookup_result R = (*NS)->lookup(Name);
2909 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
2910 ++I) {
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002911 NamedDecl *D = *I;
John McCall02cace72009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002912 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2913 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002914 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2915 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2916 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2917 continue;
2918
Richard Smith22050f22013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002919 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2920 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2921 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2922 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2923 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2924 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2925 break;
2926 }
2927 }
2928 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCall3f9a8a62009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002929 continue;
2930 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
John McCalla113e722010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002932 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2933 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002934
John McCalla113e722010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002935 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2936 if (Operator &&
2937 !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(cast<FunctionDecl>(D),
2938 T1, T2, Context))
2939 continue;
John McCall7edb5fd2010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002940 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2941 continue;
2942
2943 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor44bc2d52009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002944 }
2945 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002946}
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002947
2948//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2949// Search for all visible declarations.
2950//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2951VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
2952
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00002953bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
2954
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002955namespace {
2956
2957class ShadowContextRAII;
2958
2959class VisibleDeclsRecord {
2960public:
2961 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
2962 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
2963 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattnerb5f65472011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002964 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002965
2966private:
2967 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
2968 /// this name within a particular scope.
2969 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
2970
2971 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
2972 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
2973
2974 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
2975 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
2976
2977 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
2978
2979public:
2980 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
2981 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
2982 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2983 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx);
2984 }
2985
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002986 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2987 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
2988 }
2989
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002990 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
2991 /// current scope.
2992 ///
2993 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
2994 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
2995 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
2996
2997 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattnerb5f65472011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002998 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
2999 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3000 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003001};
3002
3003/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3004class ShadowContextRAII {
3005 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3006
3007 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3008
3009public:
3010 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
3011 Visible.ShadowMaps.push_back(ShadowMap());
3012 }
3013
3014 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003015 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3016 }
3017};
3018
3019} // end anonymous namespace
3020
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003021NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregorefcf16d2010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003022 // Look through using declarations.
3023 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003024
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003025 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3026 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3027 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3028 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3029 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3030 if (Pos == SM->end())
3031 continue;
3032
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003033 for (ShadowMapEntry::iterator I = Pos->second.begin(),
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003034 IEnd = Pos->second.end();
3035 I != IEnd; ++I) {
3036 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
John McCall0d6b1642010-04-23 18:46:30 +00003037 if ((*I)->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003038 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003039 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3040 continue;
3041
3042 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
3043 if ((((*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
3044 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
3045 (*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
3046 continue;
3047
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003048 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3049 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3050 // signatures!
Douglas Gregordef91072010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003051 if ((*I)->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003052 ND->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
3053 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregordef91072010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003054 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003055
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003056 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
3057 return *I;
3058 }
3059 }
3060
3061 return 0;
3062}
3063
3064static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3065 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003066 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003067 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3068 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor62021192010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003069 if (!Ctx)
3070 return;
3071
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003072 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3073 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3074 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003075
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003076 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3077 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3078
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003079 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Nick Lewycky173a37a2012-04-03 21:44:08 +00003080 for (DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator L = Ctx->lookups_begin(),
3081 LEnd = Ctx->lookups_end();
3082 L != LEnd; ++L) {
David Blaikie3bc93e32012-12-19 00:45:41 +00003083 DeclContext::lookup_result R = *L;
3084 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
3085 ++I) {
3086 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003087 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggend1205962011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003088 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003089 Visited.add(ND);
3090 }
Douglas Gregor70c23352010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003091 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003092 }
3093 }
3094
3095 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3096 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3097 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3098 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, E;
3099 for (llvm::tie(I, E) = Ctx->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003100 LookupVisibleDecls((*I)->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003101 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003102 }
3103 }
3104
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003105 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003106 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003107 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3108 return;
3109
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003110 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator B = Record->bases_begin(),
3111 BEnd = Record->bases_end();
3112 B != BEnd; ++B) {
3113 QualType BaseType = B->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003114
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003115 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3116 // there anyway.
3117 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3118 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003119
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003120 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3121 if (!Record)
3122 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003123
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003124 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3125 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3126 //
3127 // struct A { int member; };
3128 // struct B { int member; };
3129 // struct C : A, B { };
3130 //
3131 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3132 //
3133 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3134 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3135 // class, e.g.,
3136 //
3137 // c->B::member
3138 //
3139 // or
3140 //
3141 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003142
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003143 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3144 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3145 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003146 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003147 }
3148 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003149
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003150 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3151 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3152 // Traverse categories.
Douglas Gregord3297242013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003153 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
3154 Cat = IFace->visible_categories_begin(),
3155 CatEnd = IFace->visible_categories_end();
3156 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003157 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Douglas Gregord3297242013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003158 LookupVisibleDecls(*Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003159 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003160 }
3161
3162 // Traverse protocols.
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +00003163 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator
3164 I = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
3165 E = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003166 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003167 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003168 Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003169 }
3170
3171 // Traverse the superclass.
3172 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3173 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3174 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003175 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003176 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003177
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003178 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3179 // synthesized ivars.
3180 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3181 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003182 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky893a6ea2012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003183 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003184 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003185 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
3186 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = Protocol->protocol_begin(),
3187 E = Protocol->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3188 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003189 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003190 Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003191 }
3192 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
3193 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = Category->protocol_begin(),
3194 E = Category->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3195 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003196 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003197 Visited);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003198 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003199
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003200 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3201 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3202 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003203 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregorc220a182010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003204 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003205 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003206 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003207}
3208
3209static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3210 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3211 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3212 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3213 if (!S)
3214 return;
3215
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003216 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3217 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003218 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3219 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smitha41c97a2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003220 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor539c5c32010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003221 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
3222 for (Scope::decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end();
3223 D != DEnd; ++D) {
John McCalld226f652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00003224 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*D))
Douglas Gregor55368912011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003225 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggend1205962011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003226 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), 0, false);
Douglas Gregor539c5c32010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003227 Visited.add(ND);
3228 }
3229 }
3230 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003231
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003232 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003233 DeclContext *Entity = 0;
Douglas Gregore3582012010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003234 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003235 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3236 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3237 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekf0d58612013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003238 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor711be1e2010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003239 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003240
Douglas Gregordbdf5e72010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003241 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003242 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003243 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3244 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3245 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3246 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3247 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregorca45da02010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003248 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003249 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003250 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregorca45da02010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003251 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003252 }
3253
3254 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3255 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3256 // outer scope.
3257 break;
3258 }
3259
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003260 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3261 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003262
3263 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003264 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003265 }
3266 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3267 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3268 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3269 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3270 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3271 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3272 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003273 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003274 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor539c5c32010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003275 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003276 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003277 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003278 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003279 }
3280
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003281 if (Entity) {
3282 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3283 // directives.
3284 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
3285 llvm::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity);
3286 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
3287 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UI->getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003288 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003289 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003290 }
3291
3292 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3293 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3294 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3295}
3296
3297void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003298 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3299 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003300 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3301 // unqualified name lookup.
3302 Scope *Initial = S;
3303 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003304 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003305 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3306 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3307 S = S->getParent();
3308
3309 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3310 }
3311 UDirs.done();
3312
3313 // Look for visible declarations.
3314 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003315 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003316 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003317 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3318 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003319 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3320 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3321}
3322
3323void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003324 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3325 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003326 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003327 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003328 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor8071e422010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003329 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3330 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003331 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003332 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor0cc84042010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003333 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003334}
3335
Chris Lattner4ae493c2011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003336/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003337/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3338/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3339/// or use.
Chris Lattner4ae493c2011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003340LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003341 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003342 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Chris Lattner4ae493c2011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003343 NamedDecl *Res = 0;
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003344
3345 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3346 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3347 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3348 Scope *S = CurScope;
3349 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3350 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3351 }
3352
3353 // Not a GNU local label.
3354 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3355 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3356 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003357 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
3358 Res = 0;
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003359 if (Res == 0) {
3360 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara67843042011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003361 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3362 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattnerfebb5b82011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003363 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3364 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003365 }
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003366 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3367}
3368
3369//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003370// Typo correction
Chris Lattner337e5502011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003371//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003372
3373namespace {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003374
Dmitri Gribenkocfa88f82013-01-12 19:30:44 +00003375typedef SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 1> TypoResultList;
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003376typedef llvm::StringMap<TypoResultList, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> TypoResultsMap;
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00003377typedef std::map<unsigned, TypoResultsMap> TypoEditDistanceMap;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003378
3379static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3380
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003381class TypoCorrectionConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
3382 /// \brief The name written that is a typo in the source.
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003383 StringRef Typo;
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003384
3385 /// \brief The results found that have the smallest edit distance
3386 /// found (so far) with the typo name.
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00003387 ///
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003388 /// The pointer value being set to the current DeclContext indicates
3389 /// whether there is a keyword with this name.
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003390 TypoEditDistanceMap CorrectionResults;
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003391
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003392 Sema &SemaRef;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003393
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003394public:
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003395 explicit TypoCorrectionConsumer(Sema &SemaRef, IdentifierInfo *Typo)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003396 : Typo(Typo->getName()),
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003397 SemaRef(SemaRef) {}
3398
3399 bool includeHiddenDecls() const { return true; }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003400
Erik Verbruggend1205962011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003401 virtual void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
3402 bool InBaseClass);
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003403 void FoundName(StringRef Name);
3404 void addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003405 void addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL,
3406 bool isKeyword = false);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003407 void addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003408
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003409 typedef TypoResultsMap::iterator result_iterator;
3410 typedef TypoEditDistanceMap::iterator distance_iterator;
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003411 distance_iterator begin() { return CorrectionResults.begin(); }
3412 distance_iterator end() { return CorrectionResults.end(); }
3413 void erase(distance_iterator I) { CorrectionResults.erase(I); }
3414 unsigned size() const { return CorrectionResults.size(); }
3415 bool empty() const { return CorrectionResults.empty(); }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003416
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003417 TypoResultList &operator[](StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003418 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second[Name];
Douglas Gregor7b824e82010-10-15 13:35:25 +00003419 }
3420
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003421 unsigned getBestEditDistance(bool Normalized) {
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003422 if (CorrectionResults.empty())
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003423 return (std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max)();
3424
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003425 unsigned BestED = CorrectionResults.begin()->first;
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003426 return Normalized ? TypoCorrection::NormalizeEditDistance(BestED) : BestED;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003427 }
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003428
3429 TypoResultsMap &getBestResults() {
3430 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second;
3431 }
3432
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003433};
3434
3435}
3436
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003437void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggend1205962011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003438 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003439 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3440 if (Hiding)
3441 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003442
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003443 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3444 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3445 // etc.).
3446 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3447 if (!Name)
3448 return;
3449
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003450 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3451 // names that exactly match.
3452 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name->getName() != Typo &&
3453 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3454 return;
3455
Douglas Gregor95f42922010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003456 FoundName(Name->getName());
3457}
3458
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003459void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003460 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3461 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
3462 addName(Name, NULL);
3463}
3464
3465void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3466 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3467 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
3468 addName(Keyword, NULL, NULL, true);
3469}
3470
3471void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3472 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor362a8f22010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003473 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3474 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
3475 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)Typo.size());
Kaelyn Uhrainbb3d9972012-02-07 01:32:58 +00003476 if (MinED && Typo.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor362a8f22010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003477 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003478
Douglas Gregora1194772010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003479 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3480 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003481 unsigned UpperBound = (Typo.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3482 unsigned ED = Typo.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
3483 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003484
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003485 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003486 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
3487 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003488}
3489
3490void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003491 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003492 TypoResultList &CList =
3493 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth55620532011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003494
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003495 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3496 CList.pop_back();
3497 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3498 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3499 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3500 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3501 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3502 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3503 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3504 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3505 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3506 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3507 *RI = Correction;
3508 return;
3509 }
3510 }
3511 }
3512 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3513 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003514
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003515 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
3516 erase(llvm::prior(CorrectionResults.end()));
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003517}
3518
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003519// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3520// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3521// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3522static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3523 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3524 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3525 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3526 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3527 else
3528 Identifiers.clear();
3529
3530 const IdentifierInfo *II = NULL;
3531
3532 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3533 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3534 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3535 break;
3536
3537 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3538 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3539 return;
3540 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3541 break;
3542
3543 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3544 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3545 break;
3546
3547 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3548 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3549 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3550 break;
3551
3552 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3553 return;
3554 }
3555
3556 if (II)
3557 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3558}
3559
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003560namespace {
3561
3562class SpecifierInfo {
3563 public:
3564 DeclContext* DeclCtx;
3565 NestedNameSpecifier* NameSpecifier;
3566 unsigned EditDistance;
3567
3568 SpecifierInfo(DeclContext *Ctx, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, unsigned ED)
3569 : DeclCtx(Ctx), NameSpecifier(NNS), EditDistance(ED) {}
3570};
3571
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003572typedef SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> DeclContextList;
3573typedef SmallVector<SpecifierInfo, 16> SpecifierInfoList;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003574
3575class NamespaceSpecifierSet {
3576 ASTContext &Context;
3577 DeclContextList CurContextChain;
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003578 std::string CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003579 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurContextIdentifiers;
3580 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003581 bool isSorted;
3582
3583 SpecifierInfoList Specifiers;
3584 llvm::SmallSetVector<unsigned, 4> Distances;
3585 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SpecifierInfoList> DistanceMap;
3586
3587 /// \brief Helper for building the list of DeclContexts between the current
3588 /// context and the top of the translation unit
3589 static DeclContextList BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start);
3590
3591 void SortNamespaces();
3592
3593 public:
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003594 NamespaceSpecifierSet(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext,
3595 CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramerc5bb9d42011-07-05 09:46:31 +00003596 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(BuildContextChain(CurContext)),
Kaelyn Uhrain8d90b4a2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003597 isSorted(false) {
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003598 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3599 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : 0) {
3600 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3601 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3602
3603 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3604 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003605 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
Benjamin Kramer48d798c2012-06-02 10:20:41 +00003606 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003607 // context.
3608 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3609 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3610 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3611 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3612 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3613 }
Kaelyn Uhrain8d90b4a2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003614
3615 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
3616 Distances.insert(1);
3617 DistanceMap[1].push_back(
3618 SpecifierInfo(cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3619 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1));
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003620 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003621
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003622 /// \brief Add the DeclContext (a namespace or record) to the set, computing
3623 /// the corresponding NestedNameSpecifier and its distance in the process.
3624 void AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003625
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003626 typedef SpecifierInfoList::iterator iterator;
3627 iterator begin() {
3628 if (!isSorted) SortNamespaces();
3629 return Specifiers.begin();
3630 }
3631 iterator end() { return Specifiers.end(); }
3632};
3633
3634}
3635
3636DeclContextList NamespaceSpecifierSet::BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start) {
Nick Lewycky0db9d202013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003637 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003638 DeclContextList Chain;
3639 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != NULL;
3640 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3641 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3642 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3643 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3644 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3645 }
3646 return Chain;
3647}
3648
3649void NamespaceSpecifierSet::SortNamespaces() {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003650 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> sortedDistances;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003651 sortedDistances.append(Distances.begin(), Distances.end());
3652
3653 if (sortedDistances.size() > 1)
3654 std::sort(sortedDistances.begin(), sortedDistances.end());
3655
3656 Specifiers.clear();
Craig Topper09d19ef2013-07-04 03:08:24 +00003657 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator DI = sortedDistances.begin(),
3658 DIEnd = sortedDistances.end();
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003659 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
3660 SpecifierInfoList &SpecList = DistanceMap[*DI];
3661 Specifiers.append(SpecList.begin(), SpecList.end());
3662 }
3663
3664 isSorted = true;
3665}
3666
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003667static unsigned BuildNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context,
3668 DeclContextList &DeclChain,
3669 NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
3670 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3671 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3672 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3673 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3674 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3675 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3676 ++NumSpecifiers;
3677 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3678 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3679 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3680 ++NumSpecifiers;
3681 }
3682 }
3683 return NumSpecifiers;
3684}
3685
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003686void NamespaceSpecifierSet::AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx) {
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003687 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL;
3688 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3689 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(BuildContextChain(Ctx));
3690 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3691
3692 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3693 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3694 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3695 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3696 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3697 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3698 }
3699
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003700 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
3701 NumSpecifiers = BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
3702
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003703 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3704 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003705 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003706 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003707 NumSpecifiers =
3708 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003709 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3710 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003711 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003712 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3713 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003714 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3715 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003716 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3717 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3718 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3719 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3720 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3721 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3722 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003723 }
Kaelyn Uhrain6e4f6f82013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003724 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3725 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3726 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3727 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3728 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3729 NumSpecifiers =
3730 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003731 }
3732 }
3733
3734 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3735 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3736 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3737 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3738 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3739 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3740 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3741 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
3742 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3743 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
3744 }
3745
3746 isSorted = false;
3747 Distances.insert(NumSpecifiers);
3748 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SpecifierInfo(Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers));
3749}
3750
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003751/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3752static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3753 LookupResult &Res,
3754 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3755 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3756 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3757 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003758 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3759 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003760 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3761 Res.clear();
3762 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003763 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003764 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003765 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003766 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003767 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3768 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3769 Res.resolveKind();
3770 return;
3771 }
3772 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003773
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003774 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3775 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3776 Res.resolveKind();
3777 return;
3778 }
3779 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003780
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003781 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3782 return;
3783 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003784
3785 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003786 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003787
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003788 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3789 // LookupParsedName.
3790 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3791 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003792 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003793 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3794 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003795 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregor9a632ea2010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003796 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3797 Res.addDecl(IV);
3798 Res.resolveKind();
3799 }
3800 }
3801 }
3802}
3803
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003804/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3805static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3806 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smith0f4b5be2012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003807 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3808 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3809 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3810 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
3811 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3812 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
3813 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
3814 return;
3815 }
3816
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003817 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
3818 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003819
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003820 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003821 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topper3aa29df2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003822 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003823 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor07f4a062011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003824 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003825 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
3826 // storage-specifiers as well
3827 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
3828 };
3829
Craig Topperb9602322013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003830 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003831 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
3832 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
3833
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003834 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003835 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003836 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003837 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003838 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor07f4a062011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003839 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
3840
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003841 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003842 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
3843 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
3844 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
3845
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003846 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003847 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
3848 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
3849 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
3850 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
3851 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
3852 }
3853 }
3854
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003855 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003856 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
3857 }
3858
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003859 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003860 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
3861 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
3862 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
3863 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
3864 }
3865
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003866 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003867 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003868 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003869 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
3870 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
3871 }
3872
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003873 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topper3aa29df2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003874 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003875 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
3876 };
Craig Topperb9602322013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003877 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003878 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
3879 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
3880
3881 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
3882 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
3883 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
3884
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003885 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003886 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
3887 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
3888 }
3889 }
Jordan Rosef70a8862012-06-30 21:33:57 +00003890
3891 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
3892 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
3893 // is present.
3894 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
3895 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003896 }
3897
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003898 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003899 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
3900 // Statements.
Craig Topper3aa29df2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003901 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003902 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Topperb9602322013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003903 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003904 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
3905 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
3906
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003907 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003908 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
3909 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
3910 }
3911
3912 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
3913 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
3914
3915 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
3916 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
3917
3918 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
3919 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
3920 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
3921 }
3922 } else {
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003923 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003924 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
3925 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3926 }
3927
3928 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
3929 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
3930 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
3931 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
3932 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
3933 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
3934 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
3935 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
3936 }
3937 }
3938
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003939 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003940 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
3941
Richard Smith80ad52f2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003942 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003943 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
3944 }
3945 }
3946}
3947
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003948static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3949 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3950 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3951 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3952}
3953
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003954/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3955/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3956/// a module' correction.
3957static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC,
3958 DeclarationName TypoName) {
3959 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3960 return;
3961
3962 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3963
3964 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3965 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3966 break;
3967 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3968 if (DI == DE)
3969 return;
3970
3971 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3972 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3973
3974 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3975 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3976 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3977 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3978
3979 if (VisibleDecl) {
3980 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3981 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3982 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3983 NewDecls.clear();
3984 }
3985 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3986 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3987 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3988 }
3989
3990 if (NewDecls.empty())
3991 TC = TypoCorrection();
3992 else {
3993 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3994 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3995 }
3996}
3997
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003998/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
3999/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4000/// present in the source code.
4001///
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004002/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4003/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4004///
4005/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004006///
4007/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4008///
4009/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4010/// looking for, if present.
4011///
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004012/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4013/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4014/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4015///
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004016/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4017/// a member access expression.
4018///
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004019/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004020/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4021///
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004022/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4023/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4024///
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004025/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4026/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4027/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4028/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4029TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4030 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4031 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Uhrain16e46dd2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004032 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004033 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4034 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004035 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4036 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Uhrain70571f42013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004037 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4038 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4039 if (ExternalSource) {
4040 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
4041 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
4042 return Correction;
4043 }
4044
Richard Smith9bd3cdc2013-09-12 23:28:08 +00004045 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4046 DisableTypoCorrection)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004047 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004048
Francois Pichet4d604d62011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004049 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4050 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4051 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
David Blaikie4e4d0842012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004052 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
Francois Pichet4d604d62011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004053 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4054 return TypoCorrection();
4055
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004056 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004057 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004058 if (!Typo)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004059 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004060
4061 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4062 // typos.
4063 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004064 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004065
4066 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4067 // instantiation.
4068 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004069 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004070
Argyrios Kyrtzidis57f8da52013-03-14 22:56:43 +00004071 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4072 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4073 return TypoCorrection();
4074
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004075 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4076 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4077 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
Aaron Ballman6dfc04b2013-10-05 19:56:07 +00004078 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004079 return TypoCorrection();
4080
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004081 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4082 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4083 // remove this workaround.
4084 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4085 return TypoCorrection();
4086
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004087 NamespaceSpecifierSet Namespaces(Context, CurContext, SS);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004088
4089 TypoCorrectionConsumer Consumer(*this, Typo);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004090
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004091 // If a callback object considers an empty typo correction candidate to be
4092 // viable, assume it does not do any actual validation of the candidates.
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004093 TypoCorrection EmptyCorrection;
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004094 bool ValidatingCallback = !isCandidateViable(CCC, EmptyCorrection);
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004095
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004096 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004097 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004098 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004099 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004100 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004101
4102 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4103 if (OPT) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004104 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator
4105 I = OPT->qual_begin(), E = OPT->qual_end();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004106 I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004107 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004108 }
4109 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004110 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4111 if (!QualifiedDC)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004112 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004113
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004114 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4115 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4116 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4117 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004118 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004119 ++TyposCorrected;
4120
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004121 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004122 } else {
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004123 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
4124 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap::iterator Cached
4125 = UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.find(Typo);
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004126 if (Cached != UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
4127 // Add the cached value, unless it's a keyword or fails validation. In the
4128 // keyword case, we'll end up adding the keyword below.
4129 if (Cached->second) {
4130 if (!Cached->second.isKeyword() &&
Serge Pavlov81e34b12013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004131 isCandidateViable(CCC, Cached->second)) {
4132 // Do not use correction that is unaccessible in the given scope.
Serge Pavlov0ccadb22013-10-15 14:24:32 +00004133 NamedDecl *CorrectionDecl = Cached->second.getCorrectionDecl();
Serge Pavlov81e34b12013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004134 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(CorrectionDecl->getDeclName(),
4135 CorrectionDecl->getLocation());
4136 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
4137 if (LookupName(R, S))
4138 Consumer.addCorrection(Cached->second);
4139 }
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004140 } else {
4141 // Only honor no-correction cache hits when a callback that will validate
4142 // correction candidates is not being used.
4143 if (!ValidatingCallback)
4144 return TypoCorrection();
4145 }
4146 }
4147 if (Cached == UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004148 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4149 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4150 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4151 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004152 return TypoCorrection();
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004153 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004154 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004155
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004156 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4157 // corrections.
4158 bool SearchNamespaces
Kaelyn Uhrain6d858d92012-04-03 18:20:11 +00004159 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Kaelyn Uhrainb5c77682013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004160 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004161 // In a few cases we *only* want to search for corrections based on just
Kaelyn Uhrain8d3607b2012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004162 // adding or changing the nested name specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004163 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4164 bool AllowOnlyNNSChanges = TypoLen < 3;
4165
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004166 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004167 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4168 // seen in this translation unit.
Kaelyn Uhrainbb3d9972012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004169 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004170 for (IdentifierTable::iterator I = Context.Idents.begin(),
4171 IEnd = Context.Idents.end();
4172 I != IEnd; ++I)
4173 Consumer.FoundName(I->getKey());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004174
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004175 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
Kaelyn Uhrainbb3d9972012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004176 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004177 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4178 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
Dylan Noblesmith6f42b622012-02-05 02:12:40 +00004179 OwningPtr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004180 do {
4181 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4182 if (Name.empty())
4183 break;
Douglas Gregor95f42922010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004184
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004185 Consumer.FoundName(Name);
4186 } while (true);
Douglas Gregor95f42922010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004187 }
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004188 }
4189
Richard Smith0f4b5be2012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004190 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, Consumer, S, CCC, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004191
Douglas Gregoraaf87162010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004192 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004193 if (Consumer.empty())
4194 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4195 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004196
Kaelyn Uhrain8d3607b2012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004197 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4198 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004199 unsigned ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004200 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004201 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4202 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004203
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004204 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4205 // to search those namespaces.
4206 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004207 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4208 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
Chris Lattner5f9e2722011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004209 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004210 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4211 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4212 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExternalKnownNamespaces.size(); I != N; ++I)
4213 KnownNamespaces[ExternalKnownNamespaces[I]] = true;
4214 }
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004215
4216 for (llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool>::iterator
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004217 KNI = KnownNamespaces.begin(),
4218 KNIEnd = KnownNamespaces.end();
4219 KNI != KNIEnd; ++KNI)
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004220 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(KNI->first);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004221
4222 for (ASTContext::type_iterator TI = Context.types_begin(),
4223 TIEnd = Context.types_end();
4224 TI != TIEnd; ++TI) {
4225 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = (*TI)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004226 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004227 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Kaelyn Uhraina831f172013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004228 !CD->isUnion() &&
4229 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
4230 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(CD);
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004231 }
4232 }
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004233 }
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004234
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004235 // Weed out any names that could not be found by name lookup or, if a
4236 // CorrectionCandidateCallback object was provided, failed validation.
Dmitri Gribenkocfa88f82013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004237 SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 16> QualifiedResults;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004238 LookupResult TmpRes(*this, TypoName, LookupKind);
4239 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
4240 while (!Consumer.empty()) {
4241 TypoCorrectionConsumer::distance_iterator DI = Consumer.begin();
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004242 for (TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator I = DI->second.begin(),
4243 IEnd = DI->second.end();
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004244 I != IEnd; /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrain8d3607b2012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004245 // If we only want nested name specifier corrections, ignore potential
4246 // corrections that have a different base identifier from the typo.
4247 if (AllowOnlyNNSChanges &&
4248 I->second.front().getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo) {
4249 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
4250 ++I;
4251 DI->second.erase(Prev);
4252 continue;
4253 }
4254
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004255 // If the item already has been looked up or is a keyword, keep it.
4256 // If a validator callback object was given, drop the correction
4257 // unless it passes validation.
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004258 bool Viable = false;
Benjamin Kramerb3996962012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004259 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = I->second.begin();
4260 RI != I->second.end(); /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004261 TypoResultList::iterator Prev = RI;
4262 ++RI;
4263 if (Prev->isResolved()) {
4264 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, *Prev))
Benjamin Kramerb3996962012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004265 RI = I->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004266 else
4267 Viable = true;
4268 }
4269 }
4270 if (Viable || I->second.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004271 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004272 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004273 if (!Viable)
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004274 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004275 continue;
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004276 }
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004277 assert(I->second.size() == 1 && "Expected a single unresolved candidate");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004278
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004279 // Perform name lookup on this name.
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004280 TypoCorrection &Candidate = I->second.front();
4281 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Uhrainb2567dd2013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004282 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
4283 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS;
4284retry_lookup:
4285 LookupPotentialTypoResult(*this, TmpRes, Name, S, TempSS,
4286 TempMemberContext, EnteringContext,
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004287 CCC.IsObjCIvarLookup,
4288 Name == TypoName.getName() &&
4289 !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004290
4291 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
4292 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4293 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
Kaelyn Uhrain82340e82011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004294 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Kaelyn Uhrainb2567dd2013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004295 if (TempSS) {
4296 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4297 TempSS = NULL;
4298 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4299 goto retry_lookup;
4300 }
4301 if (TempMemberContext) {
4302 if (SS && !TempSS)
4303 TempSS = SS;
4304 TempMemberContext = NULL;
4305 goto retry_lookup;
4306 }
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004307 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004308 // We didn't find this name in our scope, or didn't like what we found;
4309 // ignore it.
4310 {
4311 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Next = I;
4312 ++Next;
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004313 DI->second.erase(I);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004314 I = Next;
4315 }
4316 break;
4317
4318 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4319 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004320 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004321
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004322 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004323 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004324 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4325 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4326 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
4327 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD)
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004328 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004329 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004330 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4331 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004332 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004333 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004334 break;
4335 }
4336
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004337 case LookupResult::Found: {
4338 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004339 Candidate.setCorrectionDecl(TmpRes.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>());
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004340 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004341 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4342 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004343 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004344 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004345 break;
4346 }
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004347
4348 }
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004349 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004350
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004351 if (DI->second.empty())
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004352 Consumer.erase(DI);
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004353 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || QualifiedResults.empty() || !DI->first)
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004354 // If there are results in the closest possible bucket, stop
4355 break;
4356
4357 // Only perform the qualified lookups for C++
Douglas Gregor01798682012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004358 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004359 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
Dmitri Gribenkocfa88f82013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004360 for (SmallVector<TypoCorrection,
4361 16>::iterator QRI = QualifiedResults.begin(),
4362 QRIEnd = QualifiedResults.end();
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004363 QRI != QRIEnd; ++QRI) {
4364 for (NamespaceSpecifierSet::iterator NI = Namespaces.begin(),
4365 NIEnd = Namespaces.end();
4366 NI != NIEnd; ++NI) {
4367 DeclContext *Ctx = NI->DeclCtx;
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004368 const Type *NSType = NI->NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4369
4370 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4371 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4372 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4373 // is an appropriate correction.
4374 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl =
4375 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
4376 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4377 continue;
4378 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004379
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004380 TypoCorrection TC(*QRI);
4381 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4382 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NI->NameSpecifier);
4383 TC.setQualifierDistance(NI->EditDistance);
4384 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4385
4386 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4387 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4388 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4389 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4390 if (QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo &&
4391 TmpED && TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4392 continue;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004393
4394 TmpRes.clear();
Kaelyn Uhrain63aae822012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004395 TmpRes.setLookupName(QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004396 if (!LookupQualifiedName(TmpRes, Ctx)) continue;
4397
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004398 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4399 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004400 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
Kaelyn Uhraincaa16dd2013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004401 case LookupResult::Found:
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004402 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrainb5c77682013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004403 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4404 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4405 std::string OldQualified;
4406 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4407 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, getPrintingPolicy());
4408 OldOStream << TypoName;
4409 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4410 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4411 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4412 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4413 break;
4414 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004415 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4416 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004417 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4418 if (CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4419 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0,
Eli Friedman91d3f332013-10-01 02:44:48 +00004420 TRD.getPair()) == AR_accessible)
Kaelyn Uhrain3d9559b2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004421 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4422 }
4423 if (TC.isResolved())
4424 Consumer.addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004425 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain2d4d7fd2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004426 }
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004427 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4428 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4429 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
Kaelyn Uhrain82340e82011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004430 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004431 break;
4432 }
4433 }
4434 }
4435 }
4436
4437 QualifiedResults.clear();
4438 }
4439
4440 // No corrections remain...
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004441 if (Consumer.empty())
4442 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004443
Kaelyn Uhrain396e0a82012-05-31 23:32:58 +00004444 TypoResultsMap &BestResults = Consumer.getBestResults();
4445 ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004446
Kaelyn Uhrainfb61e462013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004447 if (!AllowOnlyNNSChanges && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004448 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4449 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4450 // that no correction was found.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004451 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4452 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004453 }
4454
Douglas Gregore24b5752010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004455 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004456 if (BestResults.size() == 1) {
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004457 const TypoResultList &CorrectionList = BestResults.begin()->second;
4458 const TypoCorrection &Result = CorrectionList.front();
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004459 if (CorrectionList.size() != 1)
4460 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004461
Douglas Gregor53e4b552010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004462 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4463 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004464 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4465 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004466
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004467 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4468 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
4469 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = Result;
4470
David Blaikie6952c012012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004471 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4472 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004473 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC, TypoName.getName());
David Blaikie6952c012012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004474 return TC;
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004475 }
Kaelyn Uhrain7d5e6942012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004476 else if (BestResults.size() > 1
4477 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4478 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4479 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4480 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
Kaelyn Uhrain16e46dd2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004481 && CCC.WantObjCSuper && !CCC.WantRemainingKeywords
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004482 && BestResults["super"].front().isKeyword()) {
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004483 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4484 // context.
4485
4486 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4487 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004488 if (ED == 0)
4489 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004490
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004491 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4492 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
Kaelyn Uhrain784ae8e2012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004493 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = BestResults["super"].front();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004494
David Blaikie6952c012012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004495 TypoCorrection TC = BestResults["super"].front();
4496 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4497 return TC;
Douglas Gregor7b824e82010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004498 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004499
Kaelyn Uhrain438ee1f2012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004500 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did
4501 // not filter out possible corrections, note that no correction was found.
4502 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback)
Douglas Gregor3eedbb02010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004503 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
4504
Kaelyn Uhrain2b17b472013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004505 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004506}
4507
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004508void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4509 if (!CDecl) return;
4510
4511 if (isKeyword())
4512 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4513
Kaelyn Uhrain728948f2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004514 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainf0c1d8f2011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004515
4516 if (!CorrectionName)
4517 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4518}
4519
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004520std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4521 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4522 std::string tmpBuffer;
4523 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4524 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikie17828ca2013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004525 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer34f9dc42012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004526 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregord8bba9c2011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004527 }
4528
4529 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor546be3c2009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004530}
Kaelyn Uhrain20a7cf42013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004531
4532bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4533 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4534 return true;
4535
4536 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4537 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4538 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4539
4540 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4541 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4542 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4543 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(*CDecl))
4544 return true;
4545 }
4546
4547 return WantTypeSpecifiers;
4548}
Kaelyn Uhrain761695f2013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004549
4550FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
4551 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4552 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs) {
4553 WantTypeSpecifiers = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4554 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4555}
4556
4557bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4558 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4559 return candidate.isKeyword();
4560
4561 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator DI = candidate.begin(),
4562 DIEnd = candidate.end();
4563 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
4564 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
4565 NamedDecl *ND = (*DI)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4566 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4567 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4568 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4569 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4570 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4571 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4572 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4573 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4574 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4575 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4576 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
4577 if (FPT->getNumArgs() == NumArgs)
4578 return true;
4579 }
4580 }
4581 if (FD && FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4582 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs)
4583 return true;
4584 }
4585 return false;
4586}
Richard Smith2d670972013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004587
4588void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4589 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4590 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4591 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4592 ErrorRecovery);
4593}
4594
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004595/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4596/// the given declaration.
4597static const NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(const NamedDecl *D) {
4598 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
4599 return VD->getDefinition();
4600 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4601 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? FD : 0;
4602 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
4603 return TD->getDefinition();
4604 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
4605 return ID->getDefinition();
4606 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
4607 return PD->getDefinition();
4608 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
4609 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
4610 return 0;
4611}
4612
Richard Smith2d670972013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004613/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4614/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4615///
4616/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4617/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4618/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4619/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4620/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4621/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4622/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4623/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4624/// to it.
4625void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4626 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4627 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4628 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4629 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4630 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4631 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4632 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4633
Richard Smithd67679d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004634 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4635 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4636 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4637 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4638
4639 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4640 // possible.
4641 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4642 if (!Def)
4643 Def = Decl;
4644 Module *Owner = Def->getOwningModule();
4645 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4646
4647 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4648 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4649 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4650 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4651
4652 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
4653 if (!isSFINAEContext() && ErrorRecovery)
4654 createImplicitModuleImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4655 Owner);
4656 return;
4657 }
4658
Richard Smith2d670972013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004659 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4660 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4661
4662 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
4663 Correction.isKeyword() ? 0 : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4664 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4665 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4666 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4667}